blob: f1da408669ca1e72196a2936cbee0f3ca224251e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
98}
99
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000100SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
101 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
102 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
103}
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
106// Standard Promotions and Conversions
107//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
108
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000109/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
110void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
111 QualType Ty = E->getType();
112 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
113
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000114 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
115 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000116 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
117 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
118 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
119 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
120 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
121 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
122 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000123 //
124 // C++ 4.2p1:
125 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
126 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
127 //
128 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
129 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000130 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
131 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000132}
133
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000134/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
135/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
136///
137/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
138/// promotion occurs.
139static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000140 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
141 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000142 return QualType();
143
144 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
145 if (!BT)
146 return QualType();
147
148 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
149 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
150 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
151 return QualType();
152
153 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
154 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
155 return QualType();
156
157 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
158 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
159 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
160 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
161 return Context.IntTy;
162
163 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
164 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
165
166 return QualType();
167}
168
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
170/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
171/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
172/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
173/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
174Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
175 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
176 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
177
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000178 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
179 //
180 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
181 // unsigned int may be used:
182 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
183 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
184 // and unsigned int.
185 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
186 //
187 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
188 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
189 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
190 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
191 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000193 return Expr;
194 } else {
195 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
196 if (!T.isNull()) {
197 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
198 return Expr;
199 }
200 }
201
202 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203 return Expr;
204}
205
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000206/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
207/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
208/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
209void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
210 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
211 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
212
213 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
214 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
215 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
216 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
217
218 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
219}
220
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000221/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
222/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
223/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
224/// completely illegal.
225bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000226 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
227
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000228 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
229 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
230 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
231 << Expr->getType() << CT;
232 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000233 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000234
235 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
236 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
237 << Expr->getType() << CT;
238
239 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000240}
241
242
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000243/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
244/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
245/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
246/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
247/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
248/// GCC.
249QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
250 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000251 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000253
254 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
257 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000258 QualType lhs =
259 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
260 QualType rhs =
261 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000262
263 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
264 if (lhs == rhs)
265 return lhs;
266
267 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
268 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
269 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
270 return lhs;
271
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000272 // Perform bitfield promotions.
273 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
274 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
275 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
276 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
277 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
278 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
279
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000280 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000281 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000282 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000283 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000284 return destType;
285}
286
287QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
288 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
289 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
290 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
291 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
292 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000293 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
294 lhs = Context.IntTy;
295 else
296 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
297 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
298 rhs = Context.IntTy;
299 else
300 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000301
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000302 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
303 if (lhs == rhs)
304 return lhs;
305
306 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
307 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
308 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
309 return lhs;
310
311 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
312
313 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
314 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
315 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
316 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
317 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000318 return lhs;
319 }
320 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
321 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000322 return rhs;
323 }
324 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
325 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
326 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
327 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
328 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
329 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
330 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
331 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
332 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
333 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
334 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
335
336 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
337 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
339 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000340 }
341 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
342 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
343 // does not require this promotion.
344 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
345 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000346 return rhs;
347 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000348 return lhs;
349 }
350 }
351 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
352 }
353 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
354 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
355 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000356 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000357 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000358 return lhs;
359 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000360 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
361 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
362 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
363 }
364 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000365 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000366 return rhs;
367 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000368 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
369 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
370 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
371 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000372 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
373 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
374 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000375 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000376 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000377 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
378 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000379 }
380 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
381 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
382 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
383 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
384
385 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
386 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000387 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
388 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 return rhs;
390 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
391 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000392 return lhs;
393 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
394 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000395 return rhs;
396 }
397 }
398 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
399 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
400 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
401 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
402 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
403 QualType destType;
404 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
405 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
406 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
407 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
408 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
409 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
410 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
411 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
412 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
413 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
414 // use the signed type.
415 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
416 } else {
417 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
418 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
419 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
420 // to the signed type.
421 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
422 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000423 return destType;
424}
425
426//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
427// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
428//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
429
430
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000431/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000432/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
433/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
434/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
435/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000436///
437Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000438Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000439 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
440
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000441 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000442 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000443 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000444
445 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
446 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
447 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000448
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000449 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000450 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000451 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000452
453 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
454 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
455 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000456
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000457 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
458 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
459 // strings.
460 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000461 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000462 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000463
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000464 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000465 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
466 Literal.GetStringLength(),
467 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
468 &StringTokLocs[0],
469 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000470}
471
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000472/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
473/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
474/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
475/// for values inside the block or for globals).
476///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000477/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
478/// up-to-date.
479///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000480static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
481 ValueDecl *VD) {
482 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
483 // we wanted to.
484 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
485 return false;
486
487 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
488 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
489 return false;
490
491 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
492 // snapshot it.
493 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
494 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000495 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
496 return false;
497
498 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
499 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
500
501 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
502 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
503 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
504 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
505 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
506 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
507 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
508 // having a reference outside it.
509 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
510 break;
511
512 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
513 // a snapshot as well.
514 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
515 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000516
517 return true;
518}
519
520
521
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000522/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000523/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000524/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000525/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000526/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000527Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
528 IdentifierInfo &II,
529 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000530 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
531 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
532 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000533 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000534}
535
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000536/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
537/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
538/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000539DeclRefExpr *
540Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
541 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
542 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000543 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000544 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
545 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000546 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000547 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000548 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000549}
550
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
552/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
553/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000554static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
555 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
557 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
558
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000559 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
561 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
562 // this even better.
563 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000564 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
565 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000566 D != DEnd; ++D) {
567 if (*D == Record) {
568 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
569 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
570 ++D;
571 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000572 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000573 return *D;
574 }
575 }
576
577 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
578 return 0;
579}
580
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000581/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
582/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
583/// actual member.
584///
585/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
586/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
587/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
588/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
589/// we found.
590///
591/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
592/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
593/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
594VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
595 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000596 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
597 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
598 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
599
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000600 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000601 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
602 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
603 do {
604 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000605 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000606 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000607 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000608 else {
609 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
610 break;
611 }
612 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
613 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
614 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000615
616 return BaseObject;
617}
618
619Sema::OwningExprResult
620Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
621 FieldDecl *Field,
622 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
623 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
624 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
625 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
626 AnonFields);
627
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000628 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
629 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
630 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
631 // found via name lookup.
632 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
633 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
634 if (BaseObject) {
635 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
636 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000637 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000638 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000639 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000640 ExtraQuals
641 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
642 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
643 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
644 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
645 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
646 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
647 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
648 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
649 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
650 }
651 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
652 } else {
653 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
654 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
655 // program our base object expression is "this".
656 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
657 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
658 QualType AnonFieldType
659 = Context.getTagDeclType(
660 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
661 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
662 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
663 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
664 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
665 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000666 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000667 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
669 }
670 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000671 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
672 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000673 }
674 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
675 }
676
677 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000678 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
679 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000680 }
681
682 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
683 // anonymous struct/union.
684 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
685 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
686 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
687 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
688 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
689 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
690 unsigned combinedQualifiers
691 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
692 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
693 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000694 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
695 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000696 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
697 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000698 }
699
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000700 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000701}
702
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000703/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
704/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
705/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
706/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
707/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
708/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
709/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
710/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
711/// forms.
712///
713/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
714/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
715/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
716/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000717///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000718/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
719/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
720/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
721/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000722Sema::OwningExprResult
723Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
724 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000725 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000726 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000727 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000728 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
729 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000730
731 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
732 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
733 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
734 // names a dependent type.
735 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000736 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
737 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000738 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000739 }
740
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000741 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
742 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000743
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000744 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
745 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
746 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
747 : SourceRange());
748 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000749 }
750
751 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000752
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000753 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
754 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000755 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
756 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000757 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
758 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000759 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
760 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
761 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000762 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000763 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000765 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
766 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000767 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000768 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
769 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000770
771 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
772 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
773 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
774 return ExprError();
775
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000776 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
777 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
778 // an error.
779 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
780 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
781 << IV->getDeclName());
782 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
783 // same name exists, use the global.
784 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000785 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
786 ClassDeclared != IFace)
787 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000788 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
789 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
790 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
791 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000792 return Owned(new (Context)
793 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000794 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000795 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000796 }
797 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000798 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
799 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
800 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000801 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000802 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
803 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000804 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
805 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000806 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000807 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000808 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000809 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000810 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000811 QualType T;
812
813 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
814 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
815 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
816 else
817 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000818 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000819 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000820 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000821
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000822 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
823 // argument-dependent lookup.
824 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
825 HasTrailingLParen;
826
827 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000828 // We've seen something of the form
829 //
830 // identifier(
831 //
832 // and we did not find any entity by the name
833 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
834 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
835 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
836 Context.OverloadTy,
837 Loc));
838 }
839
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000840 if (D == 0) {
841 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
842 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000843 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000844 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000845 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000846 else {
847 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
848 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000849 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000850 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
851 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000852 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
853 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000854 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
855 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000856 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000857 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000858 }
859 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000860
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000861 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
862 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
863 // not any specific instance's member.
864 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000865 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000866 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000867 QualType DType;
868 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
869 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
870 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
871 DType = Method->getType();
872 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
873 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
874 }
875 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
876 if (!DType.isNull()) {
877 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
878 // dependent.
879 bool Dependent = false;
880 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
881 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
882 if (DC->isRecord()) {
883 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
884 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
885 Dependent = true;
886 break;
887 }
888 }
889 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000890 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000891 }
892 }
893 }
894
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000895 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
896 // (C++ [class.union]).
897 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
898 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
899 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000900
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000901 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
902 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
903 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
904 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
905 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
906 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
907 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
908 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
909 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
910 QualType MemberType;
911 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
912 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
913 MemberType = FD->getType();
914
915 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
916 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
917 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
918 unsigned combinedQualifiers
919 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
920 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
921 }
922 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
923 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
924 Ctx = Method->getParent();
925 MemberType = Method->getType();
926 }
927 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
928 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
929 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
930 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
931 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
932 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
933 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
934 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
935 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
936 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
937 break;
938 }
939 }
940 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000941
942 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000943 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
944 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
945 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
946 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
947 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
948 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000949 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000950 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000951 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000952 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000953 }
954 }
955 }
956 }
957
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000958 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000959 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
960 if (MD->isStatic())
961 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000962 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
963 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000964 }
965
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000966 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
967 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
968 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000969 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
970 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000971 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000972
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000973 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000974 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000975 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000976 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000977 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000978 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000979
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000980 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000981 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000982 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
983 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000984 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
985 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
986 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000987 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000988
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000989 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
990 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
991 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
992 // that overload resolution actually selects.
993 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
994 return ExprError();
995
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000996 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000997 // Warn about constructs like:
998 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
999 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001000 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1001 Scope *CheckS = S;
1002 while (CheckS) {
1003 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001004 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001005 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001006 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1007 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001008 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001009 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1010 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001011 break;
1012 }
1013
1014 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1015 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1016 if (CheckS)
1017 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1018 }
1019 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001020 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1021 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1022 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1023 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1024 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1025 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1026 // type.
1027 QualType T = Func->getType();
1028 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001029 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1030 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001031 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1032 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001033 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001034
1035 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1036 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001037 return ExprError();
1038
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001039 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1040 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1041 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1042 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001043 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001044 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1045 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1046 //
1047 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001048 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001049 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1050 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001051 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001052
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001053 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001054 ExprTy.addConst();
1055 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001056 }
1057 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1058 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001059
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001060 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001061 bool ValueDependent = false;
1062 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1063 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1064 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1065 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1066 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1067 TypeDependent = true;
1068 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1069 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1070 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1071 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1072 TypeDependent = true;
1073 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1074 // names a dependent type.
1075 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001076 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001077 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1078 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001079 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001080 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1081 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1082 TypeDependent = true;
1083 break;
1084 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001085 }
1086 }
1087 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001088
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001089 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1090 //
1091 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1092 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1093 if (TypeDependent)
1094 ValueDependent = true;
1095 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1096 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1097 ValueDependent = true;
1098 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1099 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1100 // (FIXME!).
1101 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001102
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001103 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1104 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001105}
1106
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001107Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1108 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001109 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001110
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001111 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001112 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001113 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1114 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1115 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001116 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001117
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001118 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1119 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001120 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001121 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1122 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001123 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1124 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1125 else {
1126 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1127 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1128 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1129 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001130
1131
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001132 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001133 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001134 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001135 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001136}
1137
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001139 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1140 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1141 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1142 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001143
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001144 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1145 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1146 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001148
1149 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1150
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001151 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1152 Literal.isWide(),
1153 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001154}
1155
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1157 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001158 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1159 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001160 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001161 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001162 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001163 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001164 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001165
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001166 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001167 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1168 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001169 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001170
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001171 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1172 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001173
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001174 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1175 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1176 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001177 return ExprError();
1178
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001179 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001180
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001181 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001182 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001183 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001184 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001185 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001186 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001187 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001188 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001189
1190 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1191
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001192 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1193 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001194 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1195 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001196
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001197 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001198 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001199 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001200 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001201
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001202 // long long is a C99 feature.
1203 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001204 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001205 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1206
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001207 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001208 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001209
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001210 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1211 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1212 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001213 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1214 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001215 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001216 } else {
1217 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1218 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001219
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001220 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1221 // be an unsigned int.
1222 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1223
1224 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001225 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001226 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1227 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001228 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001230 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1231 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1232 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1233 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001234 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001235 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001236 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001237 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001238 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001239 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001240
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001241 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001242 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001243 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001244
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001245 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1246 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1247 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1248 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001249 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001250 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001251 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001252 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001253 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001254 }
1255
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001256 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001258 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001259
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001260 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1261 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1262 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1263 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001264 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001265 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001266 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001267 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001268 }
1269 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001270
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001271 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1272 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001273 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001275 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001276 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001277 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001278
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001279 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1280 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001281 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001282 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001283 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001285 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1286 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001287 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1288 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001289
1290 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001291}
1292
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1294 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001295 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001296 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001297 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001298}
1299
1300/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1301/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001302bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001303 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1304 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1305 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001306 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1307 return false;
1308
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001309 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001310 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001311 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001312 if (isSizeof)
1313 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1314 return false;
1315 }
1316
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001317 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001318 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001319 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1320 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001321 return false;
1322 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001323
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001324 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1325 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1326 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1327 ExprRange))
1328 return true;
1329
1330 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001331 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001332 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001333 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1334 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001335 }
1336
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001337 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001338}
1339
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001340bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1341 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1342 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001343
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001344 // alignof decl is always ok.
1345 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1346 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001347
1348 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1349 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1350 return false;
1351
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001352 if (E->getBitField()) {
1353 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1354 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001355 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001356
1357 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1358 // bit-field.
1359 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1360 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1361 return false;
1362
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001363 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1364}
1365
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001366/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1367Action::OwningExprResult
1368Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1369 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1370 if (T.isNull())
1371 return ExprError();
1372
1373 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1374 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1375 return ExprError();
1376
1377 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1378 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1379 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1380 R.getEnd()));
1381}
1382
1383/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1384/// operand.
1385Action::OwningExprResult
1386Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1387 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1388 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1389 bool isInvalid = false;
1390 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1391 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1392 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1393 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001394 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001395 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1396 isInvalid = true;
1397 } else {
1398 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1399 }
1400
1401 if (isInvalid)
1402 return ExprError();
1403
1404 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1405 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1406 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1407 R.getEnd()));
1408}
1409
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001410/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1411/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1412/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001413Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001414Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1415 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001416 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001417 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001418
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001419 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001420 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1421 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1422 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001423
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001424 // Get the end location.
1425 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1426 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1427 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1428
1429 if (Result.isInvalid())
1430 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1431
1432 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001433}
1434
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001435QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001436 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1437 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001438
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001439 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001440 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1441 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001442
1443 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1444 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1445 return V->getType();
1446
1447 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001448 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1449 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001450 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001451}
1452
1453
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001454
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001455Action::OwningExprResult
1456Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1457 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1458 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001459
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001460 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1461 switch (Kind) {
1462 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1463 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1464 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1465 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001466
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001467 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1468 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1469 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001471 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1472
1473 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1474 //
1475 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1476 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1477 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1478 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1479 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1480 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1481 // argument will have value zero.
1482 Expr *Args[2] = {
1483 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001484 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1485 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001486 };
1487
1488 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1489 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001490 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001491
1492 // Perform overload resolution.
1493 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1494 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1495 case OR_Success: {
1496 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1497 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1498
1499 if (FnDecl) {
1500 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1501 // operator.
1502
1503 // Convert the arguments.
1504 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1505 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001506 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001507 } else {
1508 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001509 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001510 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1511 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001512 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001513 }
1514
1515 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001516 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001517 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1518 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001519
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001520 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001521 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001522 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001523 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1524
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001526 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1527 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1528 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001529 } else {
1530 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1531 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1532 // operator node.
1533 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1534 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001535 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001536
1537 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001538 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001539 }
1540
1541 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1542 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1543 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1544 break;
1545
1546 case OR_Ambiguous:
1547 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1548 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1549 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1550 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001552
1553 case OR_Deleted:
1554 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1555 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1556 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1557 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1558 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1559 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001560 }
1561
1562 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1563 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1564 // build a built-in operation.
1565 }
1566
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001567 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1568 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001569 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001570 return ExprError();
1571 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001572 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001573}
1574
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001575Action::OwningExprResult
1576Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1577 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1578 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1579 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001580
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001581 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001583 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1584 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1585 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001586 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1587 // to the candidate set.
1588 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1589 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001590 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1591 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001592
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001593 // Perform overload resolution.
1594 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1595 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1596 case OR_Success: {
1597 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1598 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1599
1600 if (FnDecl) {
1601 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1602 // operator.
1603
1604 // Convert the arguments.
1605 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1606 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1607 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1608 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1609 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001611 } else {
1612 // Convert the arguments.
1613 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1614 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1615 "passing") ||
1616 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1617 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1618 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001620 }
1621
1622 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001623 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001624 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1625 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001626
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001627 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001628 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1629 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001630 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1631
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632 Base.release();
1633 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001634 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1635 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001636 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001637 } else {
1638 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1639 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1640 // operator node.
1641 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1642 "passing") ||
1643 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1644 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001645 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001646
1647 break;
1648 }
1649 }
1650
1651 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1652 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1653 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1654 break;
1655
1656 case OR_Ambiguous:
1657 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1658 << "[]"
1659 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1660 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001662
1663 case OR_Deleted:
1664 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1665 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1666 << "[]"
1667 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1668 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1669 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001670 }
1671
1672 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1673 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1674 // build a built-in operation.
1675 }
1676
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001677 // Perform default conversions.
1678 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1679 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001680
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001681 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1682
1683 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001684 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001685 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001686 // and index from the expression types.
1687 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1688 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001689 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1690 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1691 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1692 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1693 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001694 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1695 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001696 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001697 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001698 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1699 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1700 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001701 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001702 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1703 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001704 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001705
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001706 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1707 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001708 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1709 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1710 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1711 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1712 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1713 // force the promotion here.
1714 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1715 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1716 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1717 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1718
1719 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1720 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1721 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1722 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1723 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1724 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1725 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1726 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1727 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1728
1729 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1730 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1731 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001732 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001733 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1734 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001736 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001737 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001738 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1739 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001740
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001741 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1742 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1743 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1744 // incomplete types are not object types.
1745 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1746 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1747 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1748 return ExprError();
1749 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001750
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001751 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001752 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001753 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1754 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001755
1756 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1757 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1758 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1759 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1760 return ExprError();
1761 }
1762
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763 Base.release();
1764 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001765 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001766 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001767}
1768
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001769QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001770CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001771 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001772 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001773
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001774 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1775 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001776
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001777 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001778 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1779 // to be selected.
1780 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001781
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001782 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1783 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1784 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001785
1786 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1787 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001788 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001789 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1790 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001791 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001792 do
1793 compStr++;
1794 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001795 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001796 do
1797 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001798 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001799 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001800
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001801 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001802 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1803 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001804 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1805 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001806 return QualType();
1807 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001808
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001809 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1810 // operates on.
1811 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1812 compStr = CompName.getName();
1813
1814 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001815 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001816
1817 while (*compStr) {
1818 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1819 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1820 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1821 return QualType();
1822 }
1823 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001824 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001825
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001826 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1827 // number of elements.
1828 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001829 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001830 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001831 return QualType();
1832 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001833
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001834 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001835 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001836 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001837 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001838 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001839 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1840 : CompName.getLength();
1841 if (HexSwizzle)
1842 CompSize--;
1843
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001844 if (CompSize == 1)
1845 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001846
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001847 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001848 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001849 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1850 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1851 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1852 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001853 }
1854 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001855}
1856
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001857static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1858 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001859 const Selector &Sel,
1860 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001861
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001862 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001863 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001864 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001865 return OMD;
1866
1867 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1868 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001869 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1870 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001871 return D;
1872 }
1873 return 0;
1874}
1875
1876static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1877 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001878 const Selector &Sel,
1879 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001880 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1881 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1882 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1883 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001884 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001885 GDecl = PD;
1886 break;
1887 }
1888 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001889 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001890 GDecl = OMD;
1891 break;
1892 }
1893 }
1894 if (!GDecl) {
1895 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1896 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1897 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001898 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001899 if (GDecl)
1900 return GDecl;
1901 }
1902 }
1903 return GDecl;
1904}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001905
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001906/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1907/// all base class implementations.
1908///
1909ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1910 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1911 const Selector &Sel) {
1912 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001913 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1914 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001915 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001916
1917 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1918 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1919 return Method;
1920}
1921
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001922Action::OwningExprResult
1923Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1924 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001925 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001926 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001927 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001928 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001929
1930 // Perform default conversions.
1931 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001932
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001933 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1934 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001935
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001936 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1937 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001938 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001939 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001940 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001941 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001942 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1943 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001944 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001945 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1946 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1947 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001948 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001949
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001950 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1951 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001952 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001953 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001954 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001955 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1956 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1957 return ExprError();
1958
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001959 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001960 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1961 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001962 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001963 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001964 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001965
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001966 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001967 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1968 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001969 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001970 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1971 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1972 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001973 }
1974
1975 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001976
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001977 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1978 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1979 // error cases.
1980 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1981 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001982
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001983 // Check the use of this field
1984 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1985 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001986
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001987 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001988 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1989 // (C++ [class.union]).
1990 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001991 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001992 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001993
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001994 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1995 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001996 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001997 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1998 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1999 else {
2000 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2001 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002002 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002003 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2004 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2005 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002006
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002007 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2008 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002009 }
2010
2011 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002012 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002013 Var, MemberLoc,
2014 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2015 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002016 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002017 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2018 MemberFn->getType()));
2019 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2020 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002021 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002022 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2023 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002024 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2025 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002026 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002027 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2028 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002029
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002030 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2031 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2032 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002033 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2034 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2035 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002036 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002037
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002038 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2039 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002040 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002041 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002042 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2043 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002044 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002045 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2046 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2047 // error cases.
2048 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2049 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002050
2051 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2052 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2053 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002054 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2055 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002056 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2057 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2058 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002059 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2060 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2061 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2062 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
2063 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
2064 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
2065 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002066 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002067 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2068 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2069 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2070 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2071 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2072 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002073 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002074
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002075 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002076 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002077 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002078 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2079 }
2080 // @protected
2081 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2082 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2083 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002084
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002085 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002086 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002087 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002088 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002089 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2090 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2091 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002092 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002093
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002094 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2095 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2096 const PointerType *PTy;
2097 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2098 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2099 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2100 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002101
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002102 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002103 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2104 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002105 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2106 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2107 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002108 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2109 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2110 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002111 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2112 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002113 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002114 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2115 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002117 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002118 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2119 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002120 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2121 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002122 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2123 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2124 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002125
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002126 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002127 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2128 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002129
2130 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2131 // selector is implemented.
2132
2133 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2134 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2135
2136 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002137 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002138
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002139 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2140 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002141 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002142
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002143 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2144 if (!Getter) {
2145 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2146 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002147 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002148 }
2149 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002150 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002151 // Check if we can reference this property.
2152 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2153 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002154 }
2155 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2156 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2157 Selector SetterSel =
2158 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2159 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002160 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002161 if (!Setter) {
2162 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2163 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002164 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002165 }
2166 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2167 if (!Setter) {
2168 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2169 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002170 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002171 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002172 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002173
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002174 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2175 return ExprError();
2176
2177 if (Getter || Setter) {
2178 QualType PType;
2179
2180 if (Getter)
2181 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2182 else {
2183 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2184 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2185 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2186 }
2187 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2188 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2189 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2190 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002191 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2192 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002193 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002194 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2195 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2196 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2197 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002198 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002199 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002200 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002201 // Check the use of this declaration
2202 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2203 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002204
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002205 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002206 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2207 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002208 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002209 // Check the use of this method.
2210 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2211 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002212
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002213 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002214 OMD->getResultType(),
2215 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2216 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002217 }
2218 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002219
2220 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2221 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002222 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002223 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2224 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2225 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2226 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2227 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002228 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2229 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002230 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002231 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002232 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002233 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002234 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002235 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002236 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2237 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2238 Selector SetterSel =
2239 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2240 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002241 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002242 if (!Setter) {
2243 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2244 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002245 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002246 }
2247 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2248 if (!Setter) {
2249 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2250 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002251 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002252 }
2253 }
2254
2255 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2256 return ExprError();
2257
2258 if (Getter || Setter) {
2259 QualType PType;
2260
2261 if (Getter)
2262 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2263 else {
2264 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2265 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2266 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2267 }
2268 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2269 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2270 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2271 }
2272 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2273 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002274 }
2275 }
2276
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002277 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002278 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002279 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2280 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002281 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002282 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002283 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002284 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002285
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002286 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2287 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2288
2289 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2290 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2291 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2292 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2293 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2294 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2295 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2296 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2297 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2298 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2299 }
2300
2301 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002302}
2303
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002304/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2305/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2306/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2307/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2308/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2309/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002310bool
2311Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002312 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002313 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002314 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2315 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002316 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002317 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2318 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2319 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002320 bool Invalid = false;
2321
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002322 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2323 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2324 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2325 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2326 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2327 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2328 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2329 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002330 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002331 }
2332
2333 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2334 // them.
2335 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2336 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2337 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2338 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2339 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2340 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2341 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2342 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002343 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002344 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002345 }
2346 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2347 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002348
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002349 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2350 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2351 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002352
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002353 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002354 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002355 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002356
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002357 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2358 ProtoArgType,
2359 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2360 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2361 return true;
2362
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002363 // Pass the argument.
2364 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2365 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002366 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002367 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002368 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002369 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002370
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002371 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2372 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002373
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002374 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2375 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002376 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2377 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2378 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2379 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2380 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2381
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002382 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2383 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2384 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002385 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002386 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2387 }
2388 }
2389
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002390 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002391}
2392
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002393/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002394/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2395/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002396Action::OwningExprResult
2397Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2398 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002399 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002400 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002401 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002402 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002403 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002404 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002405 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002406
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002407 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002408 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002409 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002410 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2411 bool Dependent = false;
2412 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2413 Dependent = true;
2414 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2415 Dependent = true;
2416
2417 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002418 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002419 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2420
2421 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2422 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2423 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2424 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2425
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002426 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002427 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2428 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2429 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002430 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2431 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002432 }
2433
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002434 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002435 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002436 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2437 bool ADL = true;
2438 while (true) {
2439 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2440 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2441 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002442 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002443 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002444 ADL = false;
2445 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2446 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002447 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002448 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2449 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002450 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2451 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2452 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2453 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002454 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002455 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2456 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2457 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002458 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002459 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2460 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2461 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002462 break;
2463 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002464 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002465
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002466 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2467 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002468 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002469 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2470 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002471
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002472 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002473 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002474 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002475 ADL = false;
2476
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002477 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2478 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2479 ADL = false;
2480
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002481 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002482 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2483 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002484 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2485 if (!FDecl)
2486 return ExprError();
2487
2488 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2489 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002490 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002491 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002492 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2493 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2494 false, false,
2495 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2496 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002497 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002498 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002499 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2500 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2501 Fn = NewFn;
2502 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002503 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002504
2505 // Promote the function operand.
2506 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2507
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002508 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2509 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002510 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2511 Args, NumArgs,
2512 Context.BoolTy,
2513 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002514
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002515 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2516 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2517 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2518 // have type pointer to function".
2519 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2520 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002521 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2522 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002523 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2524 } else { // This is a block call.
2525 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2526 getAsFunctionType();
2527 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002528 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002529 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2530 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2531
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002532 // Check for a valid return type
2533 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2534 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2535 FuncT->getResultType(),
2536 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2537 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2538 return ExprError();
2539
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002540 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002541 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002542
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002543 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002544 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002545 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002546 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002547 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002548 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002549
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002550 if (FDecl) {
2551 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2552 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2553 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002554 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002555 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2556 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2557 }
2558
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002559 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002560 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2561 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2562 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002563 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2564 Arg->getType(),
2565 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2566 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2567 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002568 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002569 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002570 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002571
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002572 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2573 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002574 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2575 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002576
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002577 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002578 if (FDecl)
2579 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002580
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002581 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002582}
2583
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002584Action::OwningExprResult
2585Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2586 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002587 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002588 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2589 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002590 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002591 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002592
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002593 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002594 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002595 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2596 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002597 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002598 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2599 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002600 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002601
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002602 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002603 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002604 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002605
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002606 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002607 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002608 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002609 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002610 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002611 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002612 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002613 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002614}
2615
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002616Action::OwningExprResult
2617Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002618 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2619 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2620 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002621
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002622 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002623 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002624
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002625 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002626 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002627 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002628 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002629}
2630
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002631/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002632bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002633 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2634
2635 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2636 // type needs to be scalar.
2637 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2638 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002639 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2640 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002641 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002642 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2643 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2644 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2645 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002646 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002647 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2648 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2649 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2650 // GCC cast to union extension
2651 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2652 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002653 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002654 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2655 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2656 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2657 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2658 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2659 break;
2660 }
2661 }
2662 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2663 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2664 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2665 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002666 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002667 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002668 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002669 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002670 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002671 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002672 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2673 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002674 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002675 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2676 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2677 return true;
2678 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2679 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2680 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002681 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002682 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002683 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2684 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2685 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2686 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2687 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2688 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2689 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2690 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2691 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2692 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2693 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002694 }
2695 return false;
2696}
2697
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002698bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002699 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002700
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002701 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002702 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002703 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002704 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002705 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002706 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002707 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002708 } else
2709 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002710 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002711 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002712
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002713 return false;
2714}
2715
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002716Action::OwningExprResult
2717Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2718 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2719 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2720 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002721
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002722 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002723 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2724
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002725 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002726 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002727 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002728 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002729}
2730
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002731/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2732/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002733/// C99 6.5.15
2734QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2735 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002736 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2737 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2738 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2739
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002740 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2741 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2742 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2743 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2744 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2745 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002746
2747 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002748 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2749 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2750 << CondTy;
2751 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002752 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002753
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002754 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002755
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002756 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2757 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002758 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2759 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2760 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002761 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002762
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002763 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2764 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002765 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2766 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002767 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002768 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002769 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002770 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002771 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002772 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002773
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002774 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002775 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002776 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2777 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2778 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2779 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2780 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2781 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2782 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2783 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2784 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002785 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002786 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002787 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2788 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002789 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2790 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2791 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2792 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2793 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002794 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002795 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2796 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2797 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2798 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2799 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002800 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002801
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002802 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2803 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2804 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2805 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2806
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002807 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2808 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002809 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2810 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002811 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2812 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2813 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2814 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002815
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002816 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2817 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2818 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2819 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2820 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2821 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2822 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2823 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2824 return destType;
2825 }
2826 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2827 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2828 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2829 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2830 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2831 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2832 return destType;
2833 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002834
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002835 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2836 if (sameKind
2837 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2838 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2839 return LHSTy;
2840 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002841
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002842 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002843
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002844 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2845 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2846 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2847 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2848 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2849 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2850 // type. This allows
2851 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2852 // where B is a subclass of A.
2853 //
2854 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2855 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2856 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2857 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002858
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002859 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
2860 // It could return the composite type.
2861 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2862 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2863 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2864 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2865 compositeType = LHSTy;
2866 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2867 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
2868 compositeType = RHSTy;
2869 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2870 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
2871 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2872 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
2873 if (!sameKind
2874 || !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2875 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2876 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2877 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2878 return QualType();
2879 } else {
2880 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2881 << LHSTy << RHSTy
2882 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2883 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002884 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2885 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002886 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002887 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002888 } else if (!sameKind
2889 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2890 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
2891 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2892 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2893 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2894 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2895 // to get a consistent AST.
2896 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2897 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2898 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
2899 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002900 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002901 // The pointer types are compatible.
2902 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2903 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2904 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2905 // type.
2906 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
2907 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
2908 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2909 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
2910 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002911 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002912
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002913 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2914 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2915 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2916 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2917 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2918 return RHSTy;
2919 }
2920 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2921 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2922 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2923 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2924 return LHSTy;
2925 }
2926
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002927 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2928 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002929 // id with statically typed objects).
2930 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002931 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2932 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2933 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002934 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002935 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002936 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2937 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2938 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002939 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2940 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2941 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2942 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2943 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2944 // cases. Investigate.
2945 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002946 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2947 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002948 return compositeType;
2949 }
2950 }
2951
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002952 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002953 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2954 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002955 return QualType();
2956}
2957
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002958/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002959/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002960Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2961 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2962 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2963 ExprArg RHS) {
2964 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2965 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002966
2967 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2968 // was the condition.
2969 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2970 if (isLHSNull)
2971 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002972
2973 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002974 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2975 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002976 return ExprError();
2977
2978 Cond.release();
2979 LHS.release();
2980 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002981 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002982 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2983 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002984}
2985
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002986
2987// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002988// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002989// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2990// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2991// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002992Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002993Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2994 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002995
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002996 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002997 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2998 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002999
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003000 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003001 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3002 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003003
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003004 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003005
3006 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3007 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3008 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003009 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003010 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003011 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003012
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003013 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3014 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003015 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003016 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003017 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003018 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003019
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003020 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003021 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3022 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003023 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003024
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003025 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003026 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003027 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003028
3029 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003030 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3031 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003032 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003033 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003034 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003035 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3036 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3037 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3038 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3039 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3040 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3041 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3042 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3043 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3044 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3045 }
3046 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3047 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3048 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3049 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3050 }
3051 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3052 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3053 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3054 // warning can be disabled.
3055 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3056 return ConvTy;
3057 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3058 }
3059 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3060 return IncompatiblePointer;
3061 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003062 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003063}
3064
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003065/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3066/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3067/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3068// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003069Sema::AssignConvertType
3070Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003071 QualType rhsType) {
3072 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003073
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003074 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3075 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003076 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3077
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003078 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3079 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3080 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003081
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003082 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003083
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003084 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3085 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3086 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003087
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003088 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003089 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003090 return ConvTy;
3091}
3092
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003093/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3094/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003095/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3096///
3097/// int a, *pint;
3098/// short *pshort;
3099/// struct foo *pfoo;
3100///
3101/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3102/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3103/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3104/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3105///
3106/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003107/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003108///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003109Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003110Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003111 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3112 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003113 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3114 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003115
3116 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003117 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003118
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003119 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3120 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3121 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3122 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3123 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3124 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3125 // type.
3126 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3127 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003128 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003129 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003130 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003131
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003132 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3133 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003134 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003135 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3136 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3137 return IntToPointer;
3138 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3139 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003140 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003141 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003142
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003143 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003144 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003145 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3146 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003147 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003148
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003149 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003150 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003151 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003152 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3153 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003154 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003155 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003156 }
3157 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003158 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003159
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003160 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003161 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003162
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003163 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003164 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003165 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003166
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003167 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003168 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003169
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003170 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003171 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003172 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003173
3174 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3175 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3176 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3177 return Compatible;
3178 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003179 return Incompatible;
3180 }
3181
3182 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3183 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003184 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003185
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003186 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3187 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3188 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3189 return Compatible;
3190
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003191 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3192 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003193
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003194 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3195 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003196 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003197 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003198 return Incompatible;
3199 }
3200
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003201 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003202 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003203 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3204 return Compatible;
3205
3206 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003207 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003208
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003209 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003210 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003211
3212 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003213 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003214 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003215 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003216 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003217
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003218 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003219 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003220 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003221 }
3222 return Incompatible;
3223}
3224
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003225/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3226/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3227static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3228 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3229 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3230 // of the transparent union.
3231 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3232 &E, 1,
3233 SourceLocation());
3234 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3235 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3236
3237 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3238 // union type from this initializer list.
3239 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3240 false);
3241}
3242
3243Sema::AssignConvertType
3244Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3245 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3246
3247 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3248 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3249 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3250 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3251 return Incompatible;
3252
3253 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3254 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3255 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3256 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3257 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3258 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3259 it != itend; ++it) {
3260 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3261 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3262 // 1) void pointer
3263 // 2) null pointer constant
3264 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3265 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3266 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3267 InitField = *it;
3268 break;
3269 }
3270
3271 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3272 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3273 InitField = *it;
3274 break;
3275 }
3276 }
3277
3278 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3279 == Compatible) {
3280 InitField = *it;
3281 break;
3282 }
3283 }
3284
3285 if (!InitField)
3286 return Incompatible;
3287
3288 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3289 return Compatible;
3290}
3291
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003292Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003293Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003294 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3295 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3296 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3297 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3298 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003299 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3300 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003301 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003302 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003303 }
3304
3305 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3306 // structures.
3307 }
3308
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003309 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3310 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003311 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3312 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003313 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003314 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003315 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003316 return Compatible;
3317 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003318
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003319 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003320 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003321 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003322 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003323 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003324 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003325 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3326 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003327
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003328 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3329 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003331 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3332 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003333 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3334 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3335 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3336 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003337 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003338 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003339 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003340}
3341
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003342Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003343Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3344 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3345}
3346
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003347QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003348 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003349 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003350 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003351 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003352}
3353
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003354inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003355 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003356 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003357 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003358 QualType lhsType =
3359 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3360 QualType rhsType =
3361 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003362
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003363 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003364 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003365 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003366
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003367 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3368 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003369 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3370 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3371 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003372 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3373 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003374 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003375 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003376 }
3377 }
3378 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003379
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003380 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3381 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003382 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003383 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003384
3385 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003386 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3387 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003388 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003389 return lhsType;
3390 }
3391 }
3392
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003393 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003394 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003395 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003396 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3397
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003398 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003399 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3400 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003401 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003402 return rhsType;
3403 }
3404 }
3405
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003406 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003407 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003408 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003409 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003410 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003411}
3412
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003413inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003414 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003415{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003416 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003417 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003418
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003419 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003420
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003421 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003422 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003423 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003424}
3425
3426inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003427 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003428{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003429 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3430 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3431 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3432 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3433 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003434
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003435 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003436
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003437 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003438 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003439 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003440}
3441
3442inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003443 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003444{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003445 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3446 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3447 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3448 return compType;
3449 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003450
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003451 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003452
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003453 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003454 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3455 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3456 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003457 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003458 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003459
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003460 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3461 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3462 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3463 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3464
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003465 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003466 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003467 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3468 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3469 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003470 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3471 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003472 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003473 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003474 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003475
3476 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3477 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3478 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003479 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003480 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3481 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3482 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3483 return QualType();
3484 }
3485
3486 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3487 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3488 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3489 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003490 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003491 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003492 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3493 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003494 return QualType();
3495
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003496 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3497 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3498 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3499 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3500 return QualType();
3501 }
3502
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003503 if (CompLHSTy) {
3504 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3505 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3506 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003507 else {
3508 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3509 if (!T.isNull())
3510 LHSTy = T;
3511 }
3512
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003513 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3514 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003515 return PExp->getType();
3516 }
3517 }
3518
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003519 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003520}
3521
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003522// C99 6.5.6
3523QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003524 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3525 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3526 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3527 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3528 return compType;
3529 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003530
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003531 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003532
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003533 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003534
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003535 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003536 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3537 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003538 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003539 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003540 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003541
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003542 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3543 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003544 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003545
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003546 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003547
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003548 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3549 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3550 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3551 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3552 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3553 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3554 return QualType();
3555 }
3556
3557 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3558 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3559 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3560 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3561 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003562 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003563 return QualType();
3564 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003565
3566 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3567 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3568 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3569 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3570 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3571 lex->getSourceRange(),
3572 SourceRange(),
3573 lex->getType()))
3574 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003575
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003576 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3577 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3578 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3579 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3580 return QualType();
3581 }
3582
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003583 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003584 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3585 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3586 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3587 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3588 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3589 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3590 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3591 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3592
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003593 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003594 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003595 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003596
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003597 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3598 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003599 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003600
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003601 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3602 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3603 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3604 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3605 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3606 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3607 return QualType();
3608 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003609
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003610 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3611 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3612 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003614 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003615 return QualType();
3616 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003617
3618 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3619 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3620 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3621 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3622 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3623 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3624 rex->getSourceRange(),
3625 SourceRange(),
3626 rex->getType()))
3627 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003628
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003629 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003630 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003631 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003632 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003633 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003634 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003635 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003636 return QualType();
3637 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003638
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003639 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3640 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3641 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3642 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3643 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3644 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3645 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003646
3647 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003648 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3649 }
3650 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003651
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003652 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003653}
3654
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003655// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003656QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003657 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003658 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3659 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003660 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003661
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003662 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3663 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003664 QualType LHSTy;
3665 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3666 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003667 else {
3668 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3669 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3670 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3671 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003672 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003673 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3674
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003675 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003677 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003678 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003679}
3680
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003681// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003682QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003683 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3684 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3685
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003686 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003687 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003689 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003690 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3691 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3692 else {
3693 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3694 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3695 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003696 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3697 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003698
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003699 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3700 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003701 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3702 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3703 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003704 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3705 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003706 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3707 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3708 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3709 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003710 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3711 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003712 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003713
3714 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3715 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3716 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3717 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3718
3719 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3720 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003721 Expr *literalString = 0;
3722 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003723 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003724 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3725 literalString = lex;
3726 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3727 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003728 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3729 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003730 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3731 literalString = rex;
3732 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3733 }
3734
3735 if (literalString) {
3736 std::string resultComparison;
3737 switch (Opc) {
3738 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3739 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3740 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3741 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3742 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3743 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3744 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3745 }
3746 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3747 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3748 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003749 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3750 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3751 "strcmp(")
3752 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3753 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003754 resultComparison);
3755 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003756 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003757
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003758 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003759 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003760
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003761 if (isRelational) {
3762 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003763 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003764 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003765 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003766 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003767 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003768 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003769 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003770
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003771 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003772 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003773 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003774
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003775 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3776 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003777
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003778 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3779 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3780 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003781 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003782 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003783 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003784 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003785 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003786
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003787 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3788 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3789 return ResultTy;
3790
3791 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3792 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3793 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3794 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3795 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3796 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3797 //
3798 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3799 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003800 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003801 if (T.isNull()) {
3802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3803 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3804 return QualType();
3805 }
3806
3807 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3808 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3809 return ResultTy;
3810 }
3811
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003812 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003813 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3814 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003815 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003816 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003817 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003818 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003819 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003820 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003821 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003822 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003823 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3824 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3825 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3826 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3827 return ResultTy;
3828 }
3829 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3830 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3831 return ResultTy;
3832 }
3833 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
3834 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
3835 return ResultTy;
3836 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003837 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003838 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003839 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3840 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003842 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3843 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003844 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003845 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003846 }
3847 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003848 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003849 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003850 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003851 if (!isRelational
3852 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
3853 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003854 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003855 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
3856 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3857 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
3858 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
3859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
3860 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003861 }
3862 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003863 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003864 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003865
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003866 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003867 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003868 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3869 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003870 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003871 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003872 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003873 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003875 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3876 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003877 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003878 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003879 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003880 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003881 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003882 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003883 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003884 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003885 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3886 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003887 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003888 } else {
3889 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003890 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003891 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003892 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003893 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003894 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003895 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003896 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003898 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003899 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003900 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003901 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003902 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003903 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003904 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003905 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003906 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003907 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003908 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003909 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003910 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003911 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003912 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003913 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003914 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
3915 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003916 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003917 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003918 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003919 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
3920 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003921 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003922 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003923 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003924 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003925}
3926
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003927/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003928/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003929/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3930/// types.
3931QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003932 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003933 bool isRelational) {
3934 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3935 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003936 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003937 if (vType.isNull())
3938 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003940 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3941 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003942
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003943 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3944 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3945 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3946 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3947 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3948 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3949 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003950 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003951 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003953 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3954 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3955 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003956 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003957 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003958
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003959 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3960 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3961 if (1) {
3962 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3963 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3964 return QualType();
3965 }
3966
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003967 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3968 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3969 // elements for floating point vectors.
3970 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3971 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003972
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003973 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003974 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003975 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003976 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003977 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003978 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3979
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003980 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003981 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003982 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3983}
3984
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003985inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003986 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003987{
3988 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003989 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003990
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003991 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003992
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003993 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003994 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003995 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003996}
3997
3998inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003999 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004000{
4001 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4002 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004003
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004004 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004005 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004006 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004007}
4008
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004009/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4010/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4011/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4012///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004013static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004014{
4015 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4016 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4017 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4018 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4019 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004020 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004021 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4022 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4023 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4024 return true;
4025 }
4026 }
4027 return false;
4028}
4029
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004030/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4031/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4032static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004033 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4034 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4035 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004036 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4037 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004038 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4039 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004040
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004041 unsigned Diag = 0;
4042 bool NeedType = false;
4043 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4044 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4045 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004046 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004047 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4048 NeedType = true;
4049 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004050 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004051 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4052 NeedType = true;
4053 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004054 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004055 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4056 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004057 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004058 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4059 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004060 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4061 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004062 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004063 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4064 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004065 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004066 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4067 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004068 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004069 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4070 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004071 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4072 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4073 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004074 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4075 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4076 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004077 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004078
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004079 SourceRange Assign;
4080 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4081 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004082 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004083 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004084 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004085 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004086 return true;
4087}
4088
4089
4090
4091// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004092QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4093 SourceLocation Loc,
4094 QualType CompoundType) {
4095 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4096 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004097 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004098
4099 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4100 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004101
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004102 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004103 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004104 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004105 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004106 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4107 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4108 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4109 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4110 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4111 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4112 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004113
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004114 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4115 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4116 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004117 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004118 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4119 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4120 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4121 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4122 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004123 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004124 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004125 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4126 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4127 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004128 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4129 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004130 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4131 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4132 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004133 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004134 }
4135 } else {
4136 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004137 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004138 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004139
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004140 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4141 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004142 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004143
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004144 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4145 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004146 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004147 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4148 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004149 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004150 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004151 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004152}
4153
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004154// C99 6.5.17
4155QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004156 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004157 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004158
4159 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4160 // incomplete in C++).
4161
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004162 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004163}
4164
4165/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4166/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004167QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4168 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004169 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4170 return Context.DependentTy;
4171
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004172 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4173 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004174
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004175 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4176 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4177 if (!isInc) {
4178 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4179 return QualType();
4180 }
4181 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4182 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4183 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004184 // OK!
4185 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4186 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004187 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004188 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4189 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4190 << Op->getSourceRange();
4191 return QualType();
4192 }
4193
4194 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004195 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004196 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004197 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4198 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4199 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4200 return QualType();
4201 }
4202
4203 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004204 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004205 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4206 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4207 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4208 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004209 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004210 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4211 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4212 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004213 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004214 } else {
4215 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004216 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004217 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004218 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004219 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004220 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004221 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004222 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004223 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004224}
4225
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004226/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004227/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004228/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4229/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4230/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4231/// - &(x) => x
4232/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4233/// - &s.xx => s
4234/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4235/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4236/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4237/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004238static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004239 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004240 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004241 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004242 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004243 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004244 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4245 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4246 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004247 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004248 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004249 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004250 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004251 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004252 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4253 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4254 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4255 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4256 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4257 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4258 }
4259 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004260 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004261 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4262 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004264 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004265 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4266 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4267 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4268 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4269 default:
4270 return 0;
4271 }
4272 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004273 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004274 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004275 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004276 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4277 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004278 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004279 default:
4280 return 0;
4281 }
4282}
4283
4284/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004285/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004286/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004287/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004288/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004289/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004290/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004291QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004292 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4293 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4294
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004295 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4296 return Context.DependentTy;
4297
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004298 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4299 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4300 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4301 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4302 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4303 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4304 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4305 }
4306 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4307 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4308 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004309 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004310 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004311
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004312 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004313 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmane7e4dac2009-05-03 22:36:05 +00004314 if (op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
4315 // Function designator is valid
4316 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4317 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void)
4318 << op->getSourceRange();
4319 } else {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004320 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004321 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4322 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004323 return QualType();
4324 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004325 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004326 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4327 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4328 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004329 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004330 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4331 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004332 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004333 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004334 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004335 return QualType();
4336 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004337 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004338 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4339 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4340 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004341 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4342 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004343 return QualType();
4344 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004345 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004346 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004347 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4348 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004349 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4350 // scope qualifier for the class.
4351 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4352 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4353 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4354 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4355 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4356 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004357 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4358 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004359 // As above.
4360 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4361 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4362 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4363 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4364 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4365 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004366 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004367 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004368 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004369 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004370
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004371 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4372 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4373}
4374
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004375QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004376 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4377 return Context.DependentTy;
4378
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004379 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4380 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004381
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004382 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4383 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4384 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4385 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4386 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004387 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004389 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004390 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004391 return QualType();
4392}
4393
4394static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4395 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4396 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4397 switch (Kind) {
4398 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004399 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4400 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004401 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4402 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4403 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4404 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4405 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4406 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4407 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4408 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4409 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4410 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4411 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4412 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4413 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4414 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4415 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4416 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4417 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4418 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4419 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4420 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4421 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4422 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4423 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4424 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4425 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4426 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4427 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4428 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4429 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4430 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4431 }
4432 return Opc;
4433}
4434
4435static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4436 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4437 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4438 switch (Kind) {
4439 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4440 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4441 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4442 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4443 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4444 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4445 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4446 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4447 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004448 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4449 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4450 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4451 }
4452 return Opc;
4453}
4454
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004455/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4456/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4457/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004458Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4459 unsigned Op,
4460 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004461 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004462 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004463 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4464 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4465 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004466
4467 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004468 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4469 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4470 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004471 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4472 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4473 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4474 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4475 break;
4476 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004477 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4478 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4479 break;
4480 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4481 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4482 break;
4483 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4484 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4485 break;
4486 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4487 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4488 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004489 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004490 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4491 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4492 break;
4493 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4494 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4495 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4496 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004497 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004498 break;
4499 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4500 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004501 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004502 break;
4503 case BinaryOperator::And:
4504 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4505 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4506 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4507 break;
4508 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4509 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4510 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4511 break;
4512 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4513 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004514 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4515 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4516 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4517 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004518 break;
4519 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004520 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4521 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4522 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4523 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004524 break;
4525 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004526 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4527 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4528 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004529 break;
4530 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004531 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4532 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4533 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004534 break;
4535 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4536 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004537 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4538 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4539 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4540 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004541 break;
4542 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4543 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4544 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004545 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4546 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4547 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4548 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004549 break;
4550 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4551 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4552 break;
4553 }
4554 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004555 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004556 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004557 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4558 else
4559 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004560 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4561 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004562}
4563
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004564// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004565Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4566 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4567 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004568 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004569 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004570
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004571 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4572 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004573
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004574 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4575 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4576 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4577 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4578 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4579 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4580 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004581 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004582 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4583 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4584 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4585 Functions);
4586 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4587 DeclarationName OpName
4588 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4589 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004590 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004591
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004592 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4593 // binary operation.
4594 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004595 }
4596
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004597 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4598 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004599}
4600
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004601Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4602 unsigned OpcIn,
4603 ExprArg InputArg) {
4604 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004605
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004606 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4607 // appropriately.
4608 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004609 QualType resultType;
4610 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004611 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4612 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4613 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4614 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4615 break;
4616
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004617 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4618 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004619 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4620 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004621 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004622 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004623 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4624 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004625 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004626 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004627 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4628 break;
4629 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4630 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4631 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4632 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004633 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4634 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004635 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4636 break;
4637 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4638 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4639 break;
4640 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4641 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4642 resultType->isPointerType())
4643 break;
4644
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004645 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4646 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004647 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4648 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4649 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004650 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4651 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004652 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4653 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4654 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004655 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004656 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004657 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004658 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4659 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004660 break;
4661 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4662 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4663 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4664 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004665 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4666 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004667 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004668 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4669 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004670 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004671 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4672 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004673 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004674 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004675 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004676 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004677 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004678 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004679 resultType = Input->getType();
4680 break;
4681 }
4682 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004683 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004684
4685 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004686 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004687}
4688
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004689// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4690Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4691 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4692 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4693 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4694
4695 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4696 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4697 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4698 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4699 // the arguments.
4700 FunctionSet Functions;
4701 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4702 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4703 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4704 Functions);
4705 DeclarationName OpName
4706 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4707 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4708 }
4709
4710 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4711 }
4712
4713 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4714}
4715
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004716/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004717Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4718 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4719 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004720 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004721 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004722
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004723 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4724 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004725 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004726 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004728 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004729 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4730 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004731}
4732
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004733Sema::OwningExprResult
4734Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4735 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4736 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004737 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4738 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4739
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004740 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004741 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004742 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004743
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004744 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4745 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4746 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004747
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004748 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4749 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4750 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004751
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004752 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4753 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4754 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4755 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4756 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004757
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004758 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004759 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004760 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004761
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004762 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4763 // expressions are not lvalues.
4764
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004765 substmt.release();
4766 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004767}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004768
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004769Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4770 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4771 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4772 TypeTy *argty,
4773 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4774 unsigned NumComponents,
4775 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4776 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4777 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004778 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4779 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004780
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004781 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4782
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004783 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4784 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4785 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004786 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004787 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004788
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004789 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4790 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004791
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004792 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4793 // the offsetof designators.
4794 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4795 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004796 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004797 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004798
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004799 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4800 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004801 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4802 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004803 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004804 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4805 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004806
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004807 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004808 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004809
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004810 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4811 // leaks like a sieve.
4812 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4813 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4814 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4815 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4816 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4817 if (!AT) {
4818 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004819 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4820 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004821 }
4822
4823 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4824
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004825 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4826 // expression.
4827 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4828
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004829 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4830 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004831 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004832 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004833 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004834 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004835 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004836
4837 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4838 OC.LocEnd);
4839 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004840 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004841
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004842 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4843 if (!RC) {
4844 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004845 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4846 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004847 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004848
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004849 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4850 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004851 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004852 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00004853 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
4854 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
4855 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004856 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
4857 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004858 }
4859
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004860 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4861 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4862 LookupMemberName)
4863 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004864 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004865 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004866 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4867 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004868
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004869 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4870 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004871 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004872 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4873 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004874 } else {
4875 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4876 // doesn't matter here.
4877 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4878 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4879 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004880 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004881 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004882
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004883 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4884 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004885}
4886
4887
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004888Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4889 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4890 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004891 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4892 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004893
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004894 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004895
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004896 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4897 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004898}
4899
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004900Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4901 ExprArg cond,
4902 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4903 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4904 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4905 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4906 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004907
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004908 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4909
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004910 QualType resType;
4911 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4912 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4913 } else {
4914 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4915 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4916 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4917 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004918 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4919 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4920 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004921
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004922 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4923 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4924 }
4925
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004926 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4927 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4928 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004929}
4930
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004931//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4932// Clang Extensions.
4933//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4934
4935/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004936void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004937 // Analyze block parameters.
4938 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004939
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004940 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4941 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4942 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004943
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004944 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4945 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004946 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004947 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4948 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004949
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004950 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004951 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004952}
4953
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004954void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004955 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004956
Mike Stump9e439c92009-04-29 21:40:37 +00004957 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
4958
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004959 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4960 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4961 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4962
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00004963 if (T->isArrayType()) {
4964 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4965 diag::err_block_returns_array);
4966 return;
4967 }
4968
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004969 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4970 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4971 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4972
4973 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4974 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004975
4976 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4977
4978 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4979 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4980 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4981 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4982 return;
4983 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004984 return;
4985 }
4986
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004987 // Analyze arguments to block.
4988 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4989 "Not a function declarator!");
4990 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004991
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004992 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4993 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004994
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004995 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4996 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4997 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4998 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004999 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5000 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005001 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005002 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005003 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5004 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005005 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005006 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005007 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00005008 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005009 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005010
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005011 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5012 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5013 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5014 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5015 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005016
5017 // Analyze the return type.
5018 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5019 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5020
5021 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5022 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5023 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5024 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5025 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5026 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005027}
5028
5029/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5030/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5031void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5032 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5033 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005034
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005035 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5036
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005037 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005038 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005039 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005040 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005041}
5042
5043/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5044/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005045Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5046 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005047 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5048 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5049 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5050
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005051 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5052 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005053
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005054 PopDeclContext();
5055
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005056 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5057 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005058
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005059 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5060 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5061 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005062
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005063 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5064 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5065 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005066
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005067 QualType BlockTy;
5068 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005069 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005070 else
5071 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005072 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005073
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005074 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5075
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005076 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005077
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005078 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5079 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5080 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5081 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5082
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005083 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005084 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5085 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005086}
5087
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005088Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5089 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5090 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005091 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005092 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5093 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5094
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005095 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005096
5097 // Get the va_list type
5098 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5099 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5100 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5101 // a pointer for va_arg.
5102 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
5103 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00005104 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5105 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005106
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00005107 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005108 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5109 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005110 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005111 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005113 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005114 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005115
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005116 expr.release();
5117 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5118 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005119}
5120
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005121Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005122 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5123 // pointers on the target.
5124 QualType Ty;
5125 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5126 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5127 else
5128 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5129
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005130 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005131}
5132
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005133bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5134 SourceLocation Loc,
5135 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5136 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5137 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5138 bool isInvalid = false;
5139 unsigned DiagKind;
5140 switch (ConvTy) {
5141 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5142 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005143 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005144 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5145 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005146 case IntToPointer:
5147 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5148 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005149 case IncompatiblePointer:
5150 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5151 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005152 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5153 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5154 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005155 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5156 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5157 break;
5158 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005159 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5160 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5161 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5162 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5163 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5164 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5165 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5166 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5167 // C++ semantics.
5168 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5169 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5170 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005171 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5172 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005173 case IntToBlockPointer:
5174 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5175 break;
5176 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005177 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005178 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005179 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005180 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005181 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5182 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5183 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005184 case IncompatibleVectors:
5185 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5186 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005187 case Incompatible:
5188 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5189 isInvalid = true;
5190 break;
5191 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005192
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005193 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5194 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005195 return isInvalid;
5196}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005197
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005198bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005199 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5200 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5201 if (Result)
5202 *Result = ICEResult;
5203 return false;
5204 }
5205
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005206 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5207
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005208 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005209 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5210 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5211
5212 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5213 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5214 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5215 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5216 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5217 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5218 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005219
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005220 return true;
5221 }
5222
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005223 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5224 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005225
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005226 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5227 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5228 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005229
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005230 if (Result)
5231 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5232 return false;
5233}